frases Útiles (useful phrases)

145
Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases) Mrs. O. Pacheco Spanish Language Dept.

Upload: raisie

Post on 23-Feb-2016

139 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases) . Mrs. O. Pacheco Spanish Language Dept. In the Classroom. Abran los libros. Cierren los libros. Escriban… Escuchen… Lean… Levanten la mano. Miren el pizarrón o la foto. Pásenme la tarea. Repitan. Saquen un lápiz o bolígrafo. . Open your books. - PowerPoint PPT Presentation

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Frases Uacutetiles(Useful Phrases)

Mrs O PachecoSpanish Language Dept

In the Classroom

Abran los librosCierren los librosEscribanhellipEscuchenhellipLeanhellipLevanten la manoMiren el pizarroacuten o la

fotoPaacutesenme la tareaRepitanSaquen un laacutepiz o

boliacutegrafo

Open your booksClose your booksWritehellipListen (to)hellipReadhellipRaise your handLook at the board or

photoPass in the homeworkRepeatTake out a pencil or pen

Skills

Escuchar Leer

HablarEscribir

Helpful Spanish Phrases

iquestCoacutemo se dicehellipMaacutes despacio por

favorNo seacuteiquestQueacute quiere decirhellipRepita por favor

How do you sayhellipMore slowly

pleaseI donrsquot knowWhat doeshellip meanRepeat please

In the Text

Cambie de papelCompleta la

conversacioacutenContesta las

preguntasDi quieacuten hablaiquestEs cierto o falsoEscoge la respuesta

correctaLa palabraLa fraseLa oracioacuten

Change rolesComplete the

conversationAnswer the questionsSay who is speakingTrue or falseChoose the correct

responseWordPhraseSentence

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 2: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

In the Classroom

Abran los librosCierren los librosEscribanhellipEscuchenhellipLeanhellipLevanten la manoMiren el pizarroacuten o la

fotoPaacutesenme la tareaRepitanSaquen un laacutepiz o

boliacutegrafo

Open your booksClose your booksWritehellipListen (to)hellipReadhellipRaise your handLook at the board or

photoPass in the homeworkRepeatTake out a pencil or pen

Skills

Escuchar Leer

HablarEscribir

Helpful Spanish Phrases

iquestCoacutemo se dicehellipMaacutes despacio por

favorNo seacuteiquestQueacute quiere decirhellipRepita por favor

How do you sayhellipMore slowly

pleaseI donrsquot knowWhat doeshellip meanRepeat please

In the Text

Cambie de papelCompleta la

conversacioacutenContesta las

preguntasDi quieacuten hablaiquestEs cierto o falsoEscoge la respuesta

correctaLa palabraLa fraseLa oracioacuten

Change rolesComplete the

conversationAnswer the questionsSay who is speakingTrue or falseChoose the correct

responseWordPhraseSentence

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 3: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Skills

Escuchar Leer

HablarEscribir

Helpful Spanish Phrases

iquestCoacutemo se dicehellipMaacutes despacio por

favorNo seacuteiquestQueacute quiere decirhellipRepita por favor

How do you sayhellipMore slowly

pleaseI donrsquot knowWhat doeshellip meanRepeat please

In the Text

Cambie de papelCompleta la

conversacioacutenContesta las

preguntasDi quieacuten hablaiquestEs cierto o falsoEscoge la respuesta

correctaLa palabraLa fraseLa oracioacuten

Change rolesComplete the

conversationAnswer the questionsSay who is speakingTrue or falseChoose the correct

responseWordPhraseSentence

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 4: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Helpful Spanish Phrases

iquestCoacutemo se dicehellipMaacutes despacio por

favorNo seacuteiquestQueacute quiere decirhellipRepita por favor

How do you sayhellipMore slowly

pleaseI donrsquot knowWhat doeshellip meanRepeat please

In the Text

Cambie de papelCompleta la

conversacioacutenContesta las

preguntasDi quieacuten hablaiquestEs cierto o falsoEscoge la respuesta

correctaLa palabraLa fraseLa oracioacuten

Change rolesComplete the

conversationAnswer the questionsSay who is speakingTrue or falseChoose the correct

responseWordPhraseSentence

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 5: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

In the Text

Cambie de papelCompleta la

conversacioacutenContesta las

preguntasDi quieacuten hablaiquestEs cierto o falsoEscoge la respuesta

correctaLa palabraLa fraseLa oracioacuten

Change rolesComplete the

conversationAnswer the questionsSay who is speakingTrue or falseChoose the correct

responseWordPhraseSentence

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 6: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

In the Text

EscuchahellipExplicahellipLeehellipPreguacutentale a otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja con otro(a)

estudiantehellipTrabaja en un grupo

dehellip

Listen tohellipExplainhellipReadhellipAsk another student

(femalemale)hellipWork with another

student (femalemale)hellip

Work in a group ofhellip

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 7: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions

12

3 4

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 8: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Vocabulario

People El amigo

La amiga La chica El chico La familia El hombre La muchacha El muchacho La mujer El sentildeor La sentildeora La sentildeorita

Professions El doctor

La doctora El estudiante

La estudiante El maestro

La maestra El policiacutea

La policiacutea

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 9: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Vocabulario

Subject Pronouns (grammar)YoTuacuteEacutelEllaUstedUstedesNosotros(as) Vosotros(as) Ellos(as)

Places La comunidad El mundo El paiacutes

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 10: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Vocabulario en ContextoLa chica es Alma

Cifuentes El chico es Francisco Garciacutea Son amigosAlma iquestQueacute talFrancisco Estoy

bien iquesty tuacuteAlma Regular

Un chico Un chica

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 11: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Comunidad

Un policiacuteaUn apartamento

El policiacutea vive en el apartamento

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 12: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Mujer graciasAntonio De

nada

Una mujer

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 13: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Una familia Una casa

Un sentildeor

Una sentildeora

Una sentildeorita

Una muchacha

La familia Garcia vive en una casa La sentildeora Garcia es doctora

Sonia Luis te presento a mi familia Sentildeor Garcia Mucho gusto iquestCoacutemo estaacutesLuis Bien gracias iquestCoacutemo estaacute usted Sentildeor Garcia No muy bien hoy

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 14: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

La mujer es maestra y el muchacho es estudiante

Un estudiante

Una maestra

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 15: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga

Eva le presento a mi amigo PabloSentildeor Estrada Encantado iquestCoacutemo estaacutesPablo Muy bien gracias iquesty ustedSentildeor Estrada Si es lunes estoy terrible

Un hombre

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 16: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQuieacuten es

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 17: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Grammar Describing people

subject pronouns and the verb serto discuss people

in Spanish you will often use subject pronouns When you want to describe a person or explain who he or she is use the verb ser

When Carmen introduces Carlos to Rosa she uses a subject pronouns with serbull Eacutel es mi vecino (He is my

neighbor)bull Nosotros somos de muchos

lugares (We are from many places)

bull Yo soy de Puerto Rico (I am from Puerto Rico)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 18: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Subject PronounsYo gt ITuacute gt YouEacutel gt HeElla gt SheUsted gt You (formal)Nosotros gt weNosotras gt we (female)Vosotros (as) gt you-all (only used in Spain)Ellos gt They (males)Ellas gt they (females)Ustedes gt you-all

Can also be use when

referring to an animal

andor object

Can also be use when

referring to more than one animal

andor object

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 19: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Subject Pronoun and the Verb SerSingular

Yo soy (I am)

Tuacute eres (familiar you are)

Usted es (formal you are)

Eacutel ella es (he she is)

Plural Nosotros(as) somos(we are)

Vosotros(as) sois(you are Spain)

Ustedes son(you are)

Ellos(as) son(they are)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 20: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 El veterinariola veterinaria2 El bomberola mujer

bombera3 El camionerola camionera4 El trabajadorla trabajadora5 Ella gerente6 El arquitectola arquitecta7 El abogadola abogada8 El entrenadorla entrenadora9 El carpinterola carpintera10El cirujanola cirujana

11Ella electricista12El plomerola plomera13El consejerola consejera14El pilotola pilota15El fotoacutegrafola fotoacutegrafa16Ella dentista17El disentildeadorla disentildeadora

de ropa18El bailariacutenla bailarina19El conductorla conductor20El muacutesicola muacutesica

Th92011

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 21: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Parte II

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 22: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

GenderKnowing the gender of nouns that refer to people is easy But how do you learn the gender of things

When learning a new word such as camiseta say it with the difinite article la camiseta

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 23: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Using Definite Articles with Specific ThingsNouns name people animals places or things

All Spanish nouns have masculine or feminine gender

-El chico -La chicaWhen nouns identify one item they are

singular-el amigo -la amiga

When they identify more than one item they are plural

-los amigos -las amigas

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 24: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

In Spanish the definite article that accompanies a noun will match its gender and number

Definite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Elthe

Chicoboy

Plural Losthe

Chicosboys

Feminine Singular La

TheChicagirl

Plural Lasthe

Chicasgirls

MatchesgenderMatchesnumber

Alma says-iexclTiene el pelo largo (She has long hair)

Francisco says-iexclA los nuevos amigos (To new friends)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 25: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

How tohellip The gender of a

noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate definite article (el los la las) before each noun1 Perro2 Gatos3 Mesa4 Dedo5 Pizza6 Silla7 Oceacuteano 8 Hoja9 Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 26: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Practice

Los vecinos de Rauacutel Ejercicio Leer Rauacutel describe

a sus vecinos Completa sus oraciones con el la los o las (Rauacutel is describing his neighbors Complete his sentences with the correct article)

1 __ chicas son Ana y Luisa2 __ sentildeorita Madrigal es maestra3 __ muchacho es Juan4 __ hombres son doctores5 __ muchachos son estudiantes6 __ mujer es la sentildeora Ramos7 __ muchacha es estudiante8 __ sentildeoras son doctoras9 __ sentildeor Robles es policiacutea10__ sentildeores Suaacuterez son maestros

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 27: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine In Spanish nouns

(sustantivos) are either masculine or feminine There is no lsquoneutralrsquo as in English Most masculine nouns ending in ldquoordquo have a feminine equivalent ending in ldquoardquo

Ejemplos Masculino Femenino abuelo abuela amigo amiga chico chica compantildeero compantildeera cuntildeado cuntildeada hermano hermana hijo hija nintildeo nintildea primo prima socio socia tiacuteo tiacutea

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 28: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquoel alma el fantasmael asma el hachael cura el hampael diacutea el mapa el dilema el problemael dogma el Papael drama el programael enigma el sintagma (phrase)el estigma el teorema (theorem)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 29: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a lsquomasculinersquo equivalent with the same meaningla almeja la ballena la botella la cola la goma la hiena la joya la lacra (scourge)

la masala ollala pasa la perala planta la tortugala marcha la viacutebora (viper)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 30: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that do not have a ldquofemeninerdquo equivalentel abridor el dolorel aacuterbol el mejilloacutenel cartel el ostioacutenel colchoacuten el papelel destapador

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 31: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun ending in ldquoorardquoauditor auditoraautor autoracazador cazadoracontador contadoradoctor doctoraescritor escritorainspector inspectorainvestigador investigadoraprofesor profesoratutor tutora

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 32: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masculine and feminineel agente la agenteel astronauta la astronautael auxiliar la auxiliarel ayudante la ayudanteel concertista la concertistael dentista la dentistael estudiante la estudianteel inteacuterprete la inteacuterpreteel oculista la oculista

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 33: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminineel padre la madreel compadre la comadreel padrastro la madrastrael hombre la mujerel auxiliar de vuelo la azafatael tigre la tigresael rey la reinael actor la actriz

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 34: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have different meanings

el bando la banda el libro la librael barro la barra el mango la mangael bombo la bomba el marco la marcael caso la casa el palmo la palmael corte la corte el palo la palael corvo la corva el pasto la pastael cuadro la cuadra el peso la pesael cuento la cuenta el puerto la puertael cura la cura el rato la ratael estero la estera el rayo la rayael foco la foca el tino la tinael gamo la gama el tubo la tubael humo la huma el valle la valla

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 35: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes masculine or feminine in agreement with the noun

el chico guapo la chica guapa el tiacuteo simpaacutetico la tiacutea simpaacutetica el clavel rojo la rosa roja el muchacho rubio la muchacha rubia la profesor espantildeol la profesora espantildeola el agente mexicano la agente mexicana el dentista famoso la dentista famosa los nintildeos pequentildeos las nintildeas pequentildeas la secretaria bilinguumle las secretarias bilinguumles los inspectores severos las inspectoras severas mis amigos colombianos mis amigas colombianas el artista argentino los artistas argentinos la actriz inglesa las actrices inglesasl a ley canadiense las leyes canadienses los gatos siameses las gatas siameses mis tiacuteos ricos mis tiacuteas ricas mis hermanos simpaacuteticos mis hermanas simpaacuteticas el hecho histoacuterico la hacienda histoacuterica

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 36: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Clues Feminine

Ending onhellip-a -ez -tud -dad -tad -d -umbre -z -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacuten -triz

MasculineEnding onhellip-o -ma -pa -ta -r -n -s -l -e -n

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 37: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1El primo2El abuelo3El esposo4La esposa5El hermano6La prima7El hijo8La abuela9El sobrino10El bebeacute

11 La hija12 La madre13 La madrastra14 La hermana15 El padre16 El hermanastro17 La mascota18 El padrastro19 La hermanastra 20 La sobrina

Family Members

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 38: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Gender of Nouns (Review)Feminine nouns Exceptions

Generally nouns ending in -a la fruta la mesa la palabra

Nouns ending in -dad -tad -tudrdquo la ciudad la amistad la virtud

Nouns ending in -cioacuten -sioacuten -gioacutenrdquo La cancioacuten la profesioacuten la religioacuten

Nouns ending in -ezrdquo (suffixes) la rigidez

Nouns ending in -triz la actriz

Nouns ending in -umbrerdquo la costumbre

Shortened version of originally feminine nouns la disco -- la discoteca la foto -- la

fotografiacutea Nouns referring to women

la madre -- mother la mujer -- woman wife

ending in -d

la merced -- mercy

la pared -- wall

la red -- net la salud --

health la sed --

thirst ending in -

z la cruz --

cross la faz -- face la luz -- light la nariz --

nose la nuez --

nut la paz --

peace

la raiacutez -- root la vez -- time turn la voz -- voice

other la filial -- affiliate la flor -- flower la imagen -- image la ley -- law la mano -- hand la miel -- honey la piel -- skin la sal -- salt la tribu -- tribe

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 39: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

(Cont) Feminine noun exemptions ending in ldquo-erdquo

la base -- basis la calle -- street la carne -- meat la clase -- class la clave -- clue la corriente -- current la fe -- faith la fiebre -- fever la frase -- saying phrase la fuente -- source la gente -- people () la leche -- milk

la lente -- lens la llave -- key la mente -- mind la muerte -- death la nieve -- snow la noche -- night evening la nube -- cloud la sangre -- blood la sede -- headquarters la serpiente -- snake la suerte -- fate luck la tarde -- afternoon la torre -- tower

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 40: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Gender of Nouns (Review)Masculine Nouns Different gender

different meaningNouns of Greek origin ending in -ma -ta -pael clima el programa el

tema Exceptions

el diacutea (el mediodiacutea) -- day daytime (noon)

el gorila -- gorilla el pijama -- pajamas el sofaacute -- sofa el tranviacutea -- tram streetcar el yoga -- yoga

capitalcoacuteleracomacortecurafinalfrenteordenpapapartependientepez

capitalcholeracomacutpriestendingfrontorderpopemessage reportearringfish

capital citybile angercommacourtcuresports finalforeheaddecree holy orderpotatopart portionslope hillsidetar pitch

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 41: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Feminine nouns with the article elrdquoWhen a feminine noun begins with a

stressed a- or ha- syllable its singular form will have an el instead of la (and un instead of una as an indefinite article) In plural its back to normal

el agua el alma el asma el habla el hada el hambre doubly irregular a noun ending in -e

with the article el - and still feminine -)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 42: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Different gender same meaningCertain nouns usually referring to people can

be used in the same meaning as either feminine or masculine depending on who you refer tonouns ending in -ista (artista florista jurista) nouns ending in -crata (aristoacutecrata tecnoacutecrata) amante -- lover cliente -- client guiacutea -- guide idiota -- idiot modelo -- model soprano testigo -- witness

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 43: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Parte III

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 44: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things

A noun may sometimes appear with an indefinite articles The indefinite article that accompanies a noun will also match its gender and number Indefinite Article Noun

Masculine

Singular Una

Chicoboy

PluralUnossame Chicos

boys

Feminine

Singular Unaa

Chicagirl

PluralUnassame Chicas

girls

Matches gender

Matches number

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 45: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Vocabulario La Ropa

Los calcetinesLas medias

El sombreroLa camisa La blusa

El sueacuteterLa chaqueta El abrigo

El vestido El traje

Los mahoneacutes

iquestCuaacutel es tu ropa favorita

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 46: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQueacute llevanExplica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su viaje (Explain what Graciela and Rosalinda are taking on their trip)Ex el vestido las blusas

Graciela Rosalinda 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 47: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

How tohellip

The gender of a noun must be learned

Usually nouns ending with -o are masculine Nouns ending with -a are feminine

Underline the last vowel or vowel + s Then write the appropiate indefinite article (un unos una unas) before each noun1Perro2Gatos3Mesa4Dedo5Pizza6Silla7Oceacuteano 8Hoja9Videos10Tiendas11Verano12maestras

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 48: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Part IV

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 49: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)Describe othersGive otherrsquos likes and dislikesDescribe clothing

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 50: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iexclA describirLook at the picture and read about these teenagers in Chicago IL iquestCoacutemo son los joacutevenes iquestQueacute tienen Sam es alto de pelo rojo Tiene una blusa de cuadrosAlya es baja y delgada Tiene pelo castantildeo Su camisa es blancaCarlos tiene una blusa azul Es muy guapoTica tiene trenzas y es morenaAshley tiene los ojos azules y pelo rubio Tiene un pantaloacuten negroNick es atleacutetico y muy gracioso Tiene una camisa roja azul y blanca

Carlos

Sam Alya

Nick

TicaAshley

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 51: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives Adjectives describe nouns They tell which

noun (that book) what-kind of noun (big book) and how many of a noun (one book many books)

Position of Adjectives In Spanish descriptive adjectives (the what-kind-of type) usually follow the noun while the limiting adjectives (the which and how many types) come before the noun

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 52: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives Agreement in Spanish adj must agree

with the nouns they modify in number (singular or plural) and in gender (masculine or feminine)Adj ending in ndasho will agree in number and

gender with the nouns they modify These will have four forms

1 Masculine singular (chico bueno)2 Feminine singl (chica buena)3 Masculine plural (chicos buenos)4 Feminine pl (chicas buenas)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 53: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives Adj ending in a consonant or in a vowel

other than ndasho have the same form for the masculine an feminine These will agree only in number with the nouns they modify and therefore will have only two formsSingular

(el curso faacutecil) (la clase faacutecil)

Plural (los cursos

faacuteciles) (las clases

faacuteciles)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 54: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives Adj of nationality not ending in ndasho and

adjectives ending in ndashaacuten -dor -iacuten and ndashoacuten will add ndasha to form the feminine form These will also agree in number and gender and therefore have four forms

Masculine sing Feminine sing Masculine pl Feminine plSentildeor espantildeol Sentildeorita espantildeola Sentildeores espantildeoles Sentildeoritas

espantildeolasProfesor japoneacutes Muchacha

japonesaProfesores japoneses

Muchachas japonesas

Chico hablador (talkative)

Alumna habladora Chicos habladores Alumnas habladoras

Oso bailariacuten (dancing bear)

Chica bailarina Osos bailarines Chicas bailarinas

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 55: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives Plurals the plural of the adjective is formed

like the plural nounsAdjectives ending in a vowel gt add ndashsAdj ending in a consonant gt add ndashes

Donrsquot forget if the final letter of the word is a ndashz change the z to c and then add the ndashesEl nintildeo feliz

Los nintildeos felices

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 56: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Preguntas PersonalesiquestEres alto(a)iquestTu pelo es largo o cortoiquestEres trabajador(a) o perezoso(a)iquestEres rubio(a) moreno(a) castantildeo(a) o

pelirrojo(a)iquestCoacutemo eres tuacute

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 57: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestCoacutemo esDescribe a cada persona o animal usando

la palabra correcta (Describe each person or animal using the correct word)Example

El gato feo (feo bonito)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 58: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestCoacutemo es

1 23

4 5 6

1 Ella tiene el pelo ______ (largo corto)

2 Ella es ______ (rubia pelirroja)

3 Eacutel es _____ (gordo delgado)

4 Eacutel es ____ (alto bajo)5 El perro es ____

(grande pequentildeo)6 Eacutel perro es ____

(trabajador perezoso)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 59: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 agradable 2 alegre 3 alto 4 amable 5 atleacutetico 6 bajo 7 bilinguumle 8 bonito 9 bueno 10 cansado

11 coacutemico 12 confundido 13 corto 14 deacutebil 15 delgado 16 delicioso 17 difiacutecil 18 dulce 19 duro 20 egoiacutesta

Adjectives

On Th 92712

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 60: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Practica Complete the

phrasesExample

BuddelgadoEstudiante A Bud

es delgadoEstudiante B No

es delgado Es gordo

1 Rauacutel rubio2 Guillermo moreno3 Bud trabajador4 Rosalinda alta5 Graciela rubia6 Rauacutel serio7 El gato guapo8 Guillermo castantildeo9 Rosalinda pelirroja10 Graciela fea11 Rauacutel bajo12 Guillermo gordo

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 61: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Alto

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 62: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Bueno

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 63: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Atleacutetico

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 64: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Bilinguumle

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 65: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Bonito

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 66: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Alegre

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 67: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Cansado

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 68: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Delicioso

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 69: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Egoiacutesta

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 70: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Agreeble

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 71: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Bajo

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 72: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Confundido

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 73: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Corto

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 74: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Deacutebil

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 75: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Difiacutecil

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 76: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Duro

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 77: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Coacutemico

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 78: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Amable

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 79: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Delgado

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 80: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Dulce

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 81: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Adjectives II

1004

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 82: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Project Plan a Trip Description Student plan a trip to a country of your choice Procedures

You will plan a weeklong trip according to the following criteriaYou will need to know how the weathter is going to be like

when you arrive (mention the date of the trip)You will need to schedule a flightYou need to book hotel reservationsYou will write three activities that you will be doing while

you are thereMention the clothing pieces you will take with you that are

weather appropiate Idea make it look like an agenda and create make-believe

flight tickets and hotel reservations (for prove) Place pictures of the activities you will be doing the country

you will be visiting the clothing you will be wearingtaking

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 83: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Overall mentionhellip1 Climate2 Weather3 Location (where is the

country city etc located on the map)

4 Appropriate clothing5 Places to visit andor

activities to do at your destination

6 Expectations (what do you hope to learn and enjoy from that place)

Note All this has to be writtentyped in Spanish even the title topics

Sample

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 84: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Agenda Test on adjective agreement gender

(noun) indefinite and definite articles Vocabulary quiz on adjectivesPractice weather clothing and other

vocabulary wordsProject (My trip tohellip)

VocabularyClothingWeatherTravelingShopping

CountryClimateSitesplacesHistory

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 85: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

PARTE IV

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 86: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQueacute te gusta

With time you continue learning more about a person you begin to share more about yourself such as likes and dislikes for example naming the things you like to do on your free time

In order to establish this type of conversation we have to use the verb gustar = to like

In this case we have to add an infinitive to the verb gustar + an infinitive

Gustar always takes an indirect object pronounExample Me gusta cantar

(I like to sing)iquestTe gusta cantar

(Do you like to sing)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 87: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip1 Creer2 Crecer3 Contar4 Construir 5 Cerrar6 Caer7 Almorzar 8 Acostar9 Abrir10 Salir

11 Saber12 Reiacuter13 Estar14 Escribir15 Entender16 Encontrar17 Empezar18 Destruir19 Decir20 Dar

Some infinitives (verbs) used with the verb ldquogustarrdquo

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 88: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Indirect Object Pronouns

Translation Subject pronoun Object PronounI (me) Yo MeYou Tuacute TeHe (him) Eacutel LeShe (her) Ella LeYou (formal) Usted LeWe (us) Nosotros(as) NosThey (m) (them) Ellos LesThey (f) Ellas LesYou all (plural) Ustedes Les

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 89: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Emphasizing Subject (translation) Emphasis Indirect Object

PronounMe A miacute MeYou A ti Te Him A eacutel LeHer A ella LeYou (formal) A usted LeUs A nosotros NosThem (m) A ellos LesThem (f) A ellos LesYou all A ustedes Les

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 90: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Sentence Structure

Indirect Object Pronoun + ldquogustardquo + Infinitive =

Me cantarTe correrLe gusta bailarNos dormirLes estudiar

Me gusta cantar Te gusta correr Le gusta bailar Nos gusta dormir Les gusta estudiar

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 91: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar) When you want to talk about what you like to do use the

phraseMe gusta + infinitive

Other helpful phrases to talk about what people likeTe gusta correr You like to runLe gusta correr Heshe likes to runiquestTe gusta correr Do you like to runiquest Le gusta correr Does shehe like to run

Arturo will say -Me gusta correr I like to run To say someone doesnrsquot like something use no before the

phraseNo me gusta correr I donrsquot like to run

The infinitive is the basic form of a verb

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 92: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip

Letrsquos create sentences using the correct forms (indirect object pronoun + gustar + infinitive)Yo cantar escuchar muacutesicaTuacute ir de compras practicar

deportesMis padres comer en la casa

comer en un restauranteMis amigos y yo ir a fiestas

ir al cineLos estudiantes escribir leer

Possible answers

Me gusta escuchar muacutesicaiquestTe gusta ir de compras o

practicar deportes (A (ellos) mis padres) Les

gusta comer en un restauranteNos gusta ir a fiestasLes gusta escribir

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 93: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Likes and Dislikes

Use these expressions to create afirmative andor negative senteces (add the word no before the indirect object pronoun)

iquestQueacute les gusta hacer a ti y a tus amigosBailarCantarEscucharComerAlquilar un video (peliacutecula)Visitar a amigosEscribir Leer

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 94: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

VocabularioiquestQueacute te gusta

Bailar Leer Cantar

Nadar

Comer Patinar Escribir Trabajar

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 95: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Practica Explica lo que le gusta o

no le gusta hacer a cada perdona (Hint Explain what each person likes or doesnrsquot like to do)

ExampleMarisol correr (siacute)

Le gusta correrTuacute trabajar (no)

No te gusta trabajar

1Mario comer (siacute)2Tuacute escribir (no)3Susana patinar (no)4Yo cantar (siacute)5Eacutel nadar (siacute)6Elena bailar (no)7Tuacute leer (siacute)8Yo trabajar (siacute)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 96: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacerAsk another student what heshe likes to do

and then change rolesExample

Estudiante A iquestTe gusta patinarEstudiante B Siacute me gusta patinar

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 97: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

How to express when you like something or somethingshellipUse ldquogustardquo to express the liking of an

action (verb)But when you like things such as objects

people animals etcYou can still use ldquogustardquo but if it is more than

one object (the noun is plural) you will have to add an ldquo-nrdquo at the endFor example I like cats Me gustan los gatos

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 98: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Singular vs Plural

Gusta Gustan

1 Cat Cats

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 99: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Part V

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 100: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQueacute hora es

>

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 101: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQueacute hora es

Tell timeUse ldquoyrdquo + minutes for the

number of minutes after the hourSon las doce (1200)Son las doce y diez (1210)Son las doce y media (1230)

Use menos + minutes for the number of minutes before the hourEs la una (100)Es la una menos cuarto

(1245)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 102: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestCoacutemo decimos la hora en espantildeol

Son las ______

Es la _______

Para decir la horahellip

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 103: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Para la media horahellip ldquohellipy mediardquo

Despueacutes de la horahellip

ldquohellipyhelliprdquo Para la cuarta horahellip

ldquohellipy cuartordquo

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 104: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Pero despueacutes de la media horahellip

hellipyhellip

menos

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 105: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

ldquoon the dotrdquo ldquoen puntordquo=

ldquomidnightrdquo ldquomedianocherdquo=ldquomidday noonrdquo ldquomediodiacuteardquo=

ldquopmrdquo

ldquoamrdquo

=

=

ldquode la tarde de la nocherdquo

ldquode la mantildeanardquo

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 106: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

ldquoIt ishelliprdquo ldquoSon lashelliprdquo=ldquoEs lahelliprdquo

ldquoAthelliprdquo ldquoA lashelliprdquo=ldquoA lahelliprdquo

Es la una de la tarde

Tengo clase a la una de la tarde

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 107: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 108: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las cinco

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 109: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las cinco y diez

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 110: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las ocho y cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 111: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las tres y media

iquestQueacute hora es

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 112: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Es la una en punto

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 113: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las diez menos veinte

iquestQueacute hora es

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 114: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las siete menos cuarto

iquestQueacute hora es

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 115: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestQueacute hora es

Es medianoche(Son las doce)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 116: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las nueve

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 117: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las seis(en punto)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 118: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las dos y media

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 119: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Es la una y cuarto

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 120: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las tresy diez

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 121: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las oncey veinticinco

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 122: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las sietemenos cinco

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 123: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Son las dosmenos cuarto

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 124: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Tips (Remember)La una menos

minuteshellipCincoDiezCuartoVeinteVeinticinco

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 125: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

530 pm1

615 am2

840 pm3

1200 am4

945 am5

125 pm6

iquestQueacute hora es

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 126: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Las Respuestashellip1

Son las cinco ymedia de la tarde

3 Son las nueve menosveinte de la noche

2 Son las seis ycuarto de la mantildeana

4Son las doce de

la mantildeana(Es medianoche)

6Es la una y

veinticinco de la tarde

5 Son las diez menoscuarto de la mantildeana

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 127: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestA queacute hora

iquestA queacute hora es cada una de estas actividadesTu programa favorito de

televisioacutenLa clase de EspantildeolLa escuelaEl almuerzoLa praacutectica de deportes

escolaresCierre de el centro de

compras (Mall)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 128: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Part VI

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 129: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Vocabulary La vida diariahellipEl almuerzo (lunch)La cita (appointment)Comprar (to buy)Descansar (to rest)Terminar (to finish)Tomar (to take to eat or drink)Visitar (to visit)

iquestQueacute te gusta

Jugar deportesHorarioTocar un

instrumentoClubs Tutor(a)Ayudar

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 130: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

As a question vamos can mean Shall wehellip But if stated definitely it means letrsquos go

Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquoWhen you talk about where someone is

going use the verb irThe verb ir means to go

Yo Voy Nosotros(as) VamosTuacute Vas Vosotros(as) Vais

Usted eacutel ella Va Ustedes ellos(as) van

Isabel and Ricardo say -iquestAdoacutende vas Ricardo (Where are you going Ricardo)-Voy a la cafeteria (Irsquom going to the cafeteriacutea)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 131: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Cont Isabel uses the word adoacutende to ask where

Ricardo is going This word means where Doacutende also means whereUse adoacutende to mean where when there is a verb

indicating motion such as iriquestAdoacutende va Ricardo (To where is Ricardo going

Use doacutende to ask where someone or something isiquestDoacutende estaacute Ricardo (Where is Ricardo)

Notice how asking iquestadoacutendehellip is similar to asking to wherehellip

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 132: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

iquestAdoacutende van Leer Isabel y Ricardo hablan en la escuela Completa

su conversacioacuten con ir (hint Complete what Isabel and Ricardo say using ir)

Isabel iexclHola Ricardo iquestAdoacutende _1_ Ricardo _2_ a la cafeteriacutea a tomar un refresco Isabel Yo _3_ a la oficina de la profesora Diacuteaz Tengo

una cita con ella ahora mismo Ricardo Y despueacutes iquestadoacutende _4_ Isabel Despueacutes Andrea y yo _5_ a la biblioteca para

estudiar Ricardo Es un semestre difiacutecil iquestverdad Isabel iexclSiacute iexclTengo un horario horrible

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 133: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Un horario difiacutecil Eacuteste es el horario de Isabel iquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

(Hint on what days does Isabel go to her classes) Example Ingleacutes gt Isabel va a la clase de Ingleacutes los

martes y jueves Nota use el with a day of the week to say an event will

happen on a specific day Use los with a day of the week to say an event happens every week on that day Add an s to saacutebado and domingo when you use losEl lunes voy a la biblioteca (On Monday I am going to

the library)Los martes y jueves tengo Estudios Sociales (On

Tuesdays and Thursdays I have Social Studies)Los saacutebados y domingos no tengo clase (On

Saturdays and Sundays I donrsquot have class)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 134: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

CompletaiquestQueacute diacuteas va a sus clases

1Educacioacuten Fiacutesica2Historia3Computacioacuten 4Literatura5Ciencias Naturales6Matemaacuteticas7Muacutesica8Arte

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 135: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Horario Isabel Palacios

lunes martes mieacutercoles jueves viernes

Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten Ingleacutes Computacioacuten

Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura matemaacuteticas Literatura

Arte Educacioacuten fiacutesica Arte Educacioacuten

fiacutesica Arte

Receso Receso Receso Receso receso

Historia Muacutesica Historia Muacutesica Historia

Ciencias Naturales

Ciencias Naturales

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 136: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip

1 Ciencia 2 Biologiacutea3 Quiacutemica4 Fiacutesica5 Salud6 Aacutelgebra7 Geometriacutea8 Caacutelculo9 Literatura10 Coro11 Espantildeol12 Ingleacutes

13 Escritura Creativa14 Drama15 Perioacutedico16 Historia17 Estudios Sociales18 Sociologiacutea19 Psicologiacutea20 Computacioacuten21 Arte22 Banda23 Educacioacuten Fiacutesica24 Franceacutes

ClassesSubjects

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 137: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Las Ciencias Ciencia Biologiacutea Quiacutemica Fiacutesica Salud

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 138: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

El Ingleacutes LiteraturaEscritura CreativaDramaPerioacutedico

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 139: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

La HistoriaHistoriaEstudios SocialesSociologiacuteaPsychologiacutea

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 140: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Las Matemaacuteticas AacutelgebraGeometriacuteaCaacutelculo

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 141: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Las Clases Electivas ComputacioacutenArteBandaCoroEducacioacuten Fiacutesica

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 142: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

Las Lenguas EspantildeolIngleacutesFrances

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 143: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)

PracticaCreate sentences using your own school

schedule (remember to used the verb ir after itrsquos conjugated) Create a table with your school schedule and then write sentences explain the courses you take that day and your extracurricular activities

Example at 1107 am Monday-Friday Spanish I (but yoursquoll write such in Spanish)

Suggestions since you have the same classes every day it is best if you write the time instead and then add your extracurricular activities

  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145
Page 144: Frases Útiles (Useful Phrases)
  • Frases Uacutetiles (Useful Phrases)
  • In the Classroom
  • Skills
  • Helpful Spanish Phrases
  • In the Text
  • In the Text (2)
  • Instrucciones Respond to your teacherrsquos classroom intructions
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario
  • Vocabulario en Contexto
  • Comunidad
  • Slide 12
  • Una familia
  • Slide 14
  • El hombre es el sentildeor Estrada Eva es una amiga
  • iquestQuieacuten es
  • Grammar
  • Subject Pronouns
  • Subject Pronoun and the Verb Ser
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Parte II
  • Gender
  • Using Definite Articles with Specific Things
  • Slide 24
  • How tohellip
  • Practice
  • Gender of Nouns and AdjectivesmdashMasculine and Feminine
  • There are also some exceptions where masculine nouns end in lsquoarsquo
  • There are some feminine nouns ending in lsquoarsquo that do not have a
  • There are also some masculine nouns ending in a consonant that
  • Masculine nouns ending in ldquoorrdquo have an equivalent feminine noun
  • There are certain nouns that have the same ending for both masc
  • Some nouns have a different form for masculine and feminine
  • A few nouns have a masculine and a feminine form but they have
  • When a noun is modified by an adjective the adjective becomes
  • Clues
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (2)
  • Gender of Nouns (Review)
  • (Cont) Feminine noun exemptions
  • Gender of Nouns (Review) (2)
  • Feminine nouns with the article elrdquo
  • Different gender same meaning
  • Parte III
  • Using Indefinite Articles with Unspecified Things
  • Vocabulario La Ropa
  • iquestQueacute llevan Explica lo que llevan Graciela y Rosalinda en su v
  • How tohellip (2)
  • Part IV
  • Mis Buenos Amigos (Etapa 2)
  • iexclA describir
  • Adjectives
  • Adjectives (2)
  • Adjectives (3)
  • Adjectives (4)
  • Adjectives (5)
  • Preguntas Personales
  • iquestCoacutemo es
  • iquestCoacutemo es (2)
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (3)
  • Practica
  • Alto
  • Bueno
  • Atleacutetico
  • Bilinguumle
  • Bonito
  • Alegre
  • Cansado
  • Delicioso
  • Egoiacutesta
  • Agreeble
  • Bajo
  • Confundido
  • Corto
  • Deacutebil
  • Difiacutecil
  • Duro
  • Coacutemico
  • Amable
  • Delgado
  • Dulce
  • Slide 81
  • Project Plan a Trip
  • Overall mentionhellip
  • Agenda
  • PARTE IV
  • iquestQueacute te gusta
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip (4)
  • Indirect Object Pronouns
  • Emphasizing
  • Sentence Structure
  • Using Verbs to Talk About What You Like to Do (grammar)
  • iquestA quieacuten le gustahellip
  • Likes and Dislikes
  • Vocabulario iquestQueacute te gusta
  • Practica
  • Hablar Preguntale a otro(a) estudiante queacute le gusta hacer
  • How to express when you like something or somethingshellip
  • Singular vs Plural
  • Part V
  • Slide 100
  • iquestQueacute hora es
  • Slide 102
  • Slide 103
  • Slide 104
  • Slide 105
  • Slide 106
  • Slide 107
  • Slide 108
  • Slide 109
  • Slide 110
  • Slide 111
  • Slide 112
  • Slide 113
  • Slide 114
  • Slide 115
  • Slide 116
  • Slide 117
  • Slide 118
  • Slide 119
  • Slide 120
  • Slide 121
  • Slide 122
  • Slide 123
  • Slide 124
  • Tips (Remember)
  • Slide 126
  • Slide 127
  • iquestA queacute hora
  • Part VI
  • Vocabulary
  • Saying where you are going The Verb ldquoIrrdquo
  • Cont
  • iquestAdoacutende van
  • Un horario difiacutecil
  • Completa
  • Horario Isabel Palacios
  • What to study Vocabulary Quiz onhellip
  • Las Ciencias
  • El Ingleacutes
  • La Historia
  • Las Matemaacuteticas
  • Las Clases Electivas
  • Las Lenguas
  • Practica (2)
  • Slide 145